1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
55 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
57 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
71 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
72 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
73 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
74 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
75 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
76 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
77 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
85 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
103 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
104 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
125 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
126 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
127 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
128 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
129 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
137 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
153 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
154 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
155 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
156 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
157 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
181 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
189 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
200 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
205 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
208 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h
& 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
225 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
226 unsigned long h
= 5381;
229 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
230 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
231 return h
& 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
242 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
243 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
246 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
255 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
271 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
275 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
277 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
278 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
281 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
282 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
286 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
305 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
308 return (char *) shstrtab
;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
313 unsigned int shindex
,
314 unsigned int strindex
)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
324 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
326 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
330 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
332 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
336 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
342 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
364 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
384 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
390 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
391 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
392 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
393 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
394 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
396 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
397 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
399 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
407 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
411 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
412 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
413 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
415 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
417 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
419 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
428 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
430 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
432 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
433 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
439 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
440 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
442 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
443 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
445 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
449 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
456 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
458 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
459 free (alloc_extshndx
);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
472 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
473 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
475 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
479 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
480 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
483 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
486 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
487 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
508 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
516 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
517 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
524 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
535 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
564 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
580 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
587 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
595 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
596 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
607 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
619 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
626 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
627 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
630 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
631 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
641 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
648 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
655 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
656 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
669 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
671 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
680 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
686 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
689 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
718 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
719 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
726 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
735 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
736 bed
->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
744 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
746 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
747 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
773 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
774 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
778 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
779 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
780 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
798 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
824 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
827 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
831 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
832 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
833 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
839 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
847 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
848 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
849 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
850 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
851 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
852 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
855 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
859 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
860 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
862 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
864 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
867 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
868 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
869 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
871 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
874 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
875 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
876 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
877 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
879 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
889 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
890 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
891 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
892 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
893 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
895 else if (name
[1] == 's')
897 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
898 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
901 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
902 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
906 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
907 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
908 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
909 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
910 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
911 all but one of the sections. */
912 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
913 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
914 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
916 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
917 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
918 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
921 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
924 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
925 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
926 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
927 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
931 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
934 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
938 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
940 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
941 unsigned int i
, nload
;
943 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
944 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
945 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
946 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
947 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
948 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
949 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
951 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
953 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
956 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
957 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
959 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
960 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
961 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
962 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
964 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
965 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
966 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
968 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
969 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
970 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
971 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
972 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
973 segment will contain sections with contiguous
974 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
975 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
976 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
978 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
979 offsets whether a section with zero size should
980 be placed at the end of one segment or the
981 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
982 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
983 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
984 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
990 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
991 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
992 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
993 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
994 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
996 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
999 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1001 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1002 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1003 action
= decompress
;
1007 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1008 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
) && newsect
->size
!= 0)
1018 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1020 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1021 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1027 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1029 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1030 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1034 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1038 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1040 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1047 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1049 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1050 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1053 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1057 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1058 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1064 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1065 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1066 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1067 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1070 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1071 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1072 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1073 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1074 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1075 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1076 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1077 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1078 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1080 bfd_reloc_status_type
1081 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1082 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1084 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1085 asection
*input_section
,
1087 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1089 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1090 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1091 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1092 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1094 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1095 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1098 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1101 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1105 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1107 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1108 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1111 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1112 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1113 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1115 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1116 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1117 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1119 /* Copy object attributes. */
1120 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1125 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1130 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1131 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1132 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1133 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1134 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1135 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1136 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1137 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1138 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1139 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1140 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1141 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1146 /* Print out the program headers. */
1149 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1151 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1152 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1154 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1156 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1161 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1162 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1163 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1165 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1170 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1173 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1174 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1175 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1176 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1177 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1178 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1179 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1180 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1181 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1182 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1183 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1184 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1185 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1186 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1187 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1188 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1189 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1194 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1197 unsigned int elfsec
;
1198 unsigned long shlink
;
1199 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1201 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1203 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1205 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1208 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1209 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1211 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1213 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1214 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1217 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1218 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1220 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1221 const char *name
= "";
1223 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1224 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1226 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1228 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1235 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1236 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1238 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1240 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1245 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1246 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1247 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1248 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1249 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1250 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1251 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1252 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1253 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1254 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1255 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1256 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1257 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1258 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1259 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1260 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1261 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1262 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1263 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1264 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1265 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1266 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1267 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1268 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1271 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1272 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1273 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1274 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1275 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1276 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1277 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1278 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1279 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1280 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1281 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1282 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1283 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1284 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1285 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1286 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1287 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1288 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1289 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1290 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1291 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1292 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1293 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1294 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1295 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1296 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1297 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1298 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1299 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1300 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1301 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1302 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1305 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1309 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1314 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1316 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1319 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1328 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1329 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1335 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1337 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1339 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1340 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1342 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1343 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1344 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1345 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1347 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1350 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1354 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1360 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1362 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1364 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1365 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1367 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1369 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1370 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1371 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1372 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1373 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1374 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1386 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1389 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1392 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1394 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1397 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1398 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1400 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1401 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1402 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1403 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1405 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1407 const char *section_name
;
1408 const char *name
= NULL
;
1409 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1410 unsigned char st_other
;
1413 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1415 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1416 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1417 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1421 name
= symbol
->name
;
1422 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1425 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1426 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1427 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1428 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1429 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1430 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1431 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1433 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1434 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1436 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1437 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1438 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1439 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1441 unsigned int vernum
;
1442 const char *version_string
;
1444 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1447 version_string
= "";
1448 else if (vernum
== 1)
1449 version_string
= "Base";
1450 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1452 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1455 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1457 version_string
= "";
1458 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1462 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1464 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1466 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1468 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1475 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1476 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1481 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1482 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1487 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1488 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1493 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1494 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1495 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1497 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1499 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1502 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1508 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1510 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1511 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1513 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1515 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1520 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1521 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1522 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1524 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1531 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1533 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1536 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1538 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1539 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1540 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1543 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1546 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1547 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1548 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1553 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1554 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1557 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1560 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1561 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1562 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1563 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1564 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1565 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1566 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1567 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1568 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1569 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1571 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1572 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1574 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1576 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1577 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1578 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1581 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1582 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1583 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1585 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1590 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1592 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1594 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1596 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1597 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1598 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1599 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1601 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1602 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1606 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1608 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1609 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1611 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1612 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1614 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1622 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1623 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1626 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1628 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1630 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1632 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1633 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1634 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1638 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1639 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1640 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1641 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1642 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1644 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1645 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1646 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1647 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1648 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1650 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1651 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1652 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1656 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1657 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1658 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1659 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1661 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1663 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1664 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1666 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1667 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1668 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1672 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1674 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1675 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1676 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1680 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1684 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1685 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1688 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1690 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1692 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1694 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1695 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1696 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1701 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1703 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1704 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1706 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1707 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1708 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1710 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1711 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1714 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1715 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1716 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1717 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1720 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1721 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1723 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1725 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1726 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1729 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1733 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1736 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1740 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1741 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1742 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1744 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1748 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1749 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1750 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1751 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1753 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1755 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1756 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1758 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1759 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1761 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1764 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1766 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1768 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1769 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1773 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1777 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1779 asection
*target_sect
;
1780 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1781 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1782 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1786 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1787 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1790 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1791 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1793 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1794 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1795 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1796 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1800 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1801 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1802 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1803 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1804 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1805 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1806 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1808 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1809 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1810 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1811 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1817 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1819 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1820 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1831 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1834 /* Get the symbol table. */
1835 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1836 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1837 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1840 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1841 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1842 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1843 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1844 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1845 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1846 sh_link points to the null section. */
1847 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1848 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1849 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1850 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1851 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1852 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1853 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1856 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1858 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1859 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1862 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1863 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1864 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1866 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1868 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1869 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1870 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1875 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1876 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1877 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1878 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1879 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1880 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1881 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1882 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1884 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1885 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1887 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1891 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1892 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1893 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1894 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1896 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1897 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1899 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1900 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1901 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1903 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1904 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1905 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1906 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1912 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
1914 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1916 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1918 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1919 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1922 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1923 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1924 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1926 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1928 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1932 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1933 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1934 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1936 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1944 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1945 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1946 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1948 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1950 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1954 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1955 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1958 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1960 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1961 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1962 for applications? */
1963 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1964 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1965 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1966 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1968 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1969 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1972 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1973 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1974 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1975 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1976 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1978 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1979 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1981 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1982 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1983 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1984 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1985 be rejected with an error message. */
1986 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1987 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1989 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1991 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1992 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1995 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1996 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1997 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1998 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2006 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2009 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2011 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2013 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2015 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2018 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2019 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2021 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2022 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2023 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2026 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2028 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2031 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2034 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2037 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2041 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2043 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2045 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2048 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2050 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2051 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2054 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2056 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2057 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2060 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2064 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2065 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2066 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2067 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2072 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2073 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2074 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2075 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2078 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2082 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2085 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2095 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2096 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2099 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2102 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2105 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2110 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2113 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2115 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2116 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2119 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2121 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2122 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2123 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2126 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2128 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2129 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2130 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2133 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2136 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2137 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2138 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2139 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2142 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2144 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2145 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2146 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2147 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2148 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2149 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2150 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2153 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2155 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2156 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2157 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2158 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2161 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2164 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2165 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2166 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2167 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2170 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2172 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2173 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2174 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2176 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2177 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2178 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2179 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2182 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2184 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2186 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2188 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2189 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2190 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2196 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2199 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2200 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2201 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2207 len
= strlen (name
);
2209 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2212 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2214 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2216 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2219 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2220 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2222 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2224 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2226 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2227 && (suffix_len
== -2
2228 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2234 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2236 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2237 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2247 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2248 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2251 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2252 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2254 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2255 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2258 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2259 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2262 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2263 bed
->special_sections
,
2269 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2272 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2273 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2276 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2281 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2285 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2287 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2288 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2289 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2291 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2294 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2298 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2301 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2302 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2303 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2305 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2306 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2307 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2308 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2309 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2310 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2311 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2312 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2313 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2314 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2315 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2317 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2320 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2321 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2322 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2324 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2325 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2329 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2332 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2334 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2335 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2336 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2337 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2339 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2340 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2341 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2342 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2343 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2344 of combined data+bss.
2346 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2347 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2348 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2349 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2350 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2355 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2356 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2358 const char *type_name
)
2366 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2367 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2368 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2370 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2372 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2373 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2374 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2377 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2378 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2379 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2381 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2382 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2383 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2384 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2385 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2386 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2387 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2389 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2390 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2391 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2393 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2395 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2398 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2400 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2404 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2408 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2409 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2410 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2413 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2414 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2415 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2417 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2418 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2419 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2420 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2421 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2422 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2423 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2424 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2425 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2427 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2428 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2429 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2430 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2431 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2432 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2433 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2435 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2436 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2437 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2439 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2440 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2447 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2449 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2451 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2454 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2457 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2460 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2463 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2466 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2468 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2478 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2479 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2483 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2486 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2489 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2490 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2491 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2495 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2499 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2501 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2503 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2504 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2507 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2510 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2511 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2512 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2516 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2517 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2519 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2521 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2523 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2526 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2527 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2528 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2529 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2531 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2532 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2535 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2537 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2539 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2541 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2542 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2543 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2544 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2545 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2546 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2547 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2548 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2549 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2554 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2557 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2559 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2560 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2562 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2565 struct fake_section_arg
2567 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2571 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2574 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2576 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2577 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2578 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2579 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2580 unsigned int sh_type
;
2584 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2589 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2591 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2592 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2593 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2599 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2601 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2602 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2603 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2605 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2607 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2608 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2609 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2610 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2611 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2612 copy_private_section_data. */
2614 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2615 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2617 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2619 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2620 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2622 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2624 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2625 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2626 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2627 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2628 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2630 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2631 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2632 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2633 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2634 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2635 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2636 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2639 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2645 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2646 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2647 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2654 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2658 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2662 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2666 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2667 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2671 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2672 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2675 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2676 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2679 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2680 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2681 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2682 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2684 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2685 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2687 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2688 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2691 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2692 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2693 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2694 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2696 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2697 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2699 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2700 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2704 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2708 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2712 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2713 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2714 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2715 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2716 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2717 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2718 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2720 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2721 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2722 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2723 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2725 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2726 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2727 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2729 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2730 if (asect
->size
== 0
2731 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2733 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2735 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2738 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2739 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2740 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2744 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2745 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2747 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2748 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2749 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2750 create the other. */
2751 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2753 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2756 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2757 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2758 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2760 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2761 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2766 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2767 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2773 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2775 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2781 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2782 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2783 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2784 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2787 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2789 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2790 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2791 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2795 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2796 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2797 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2798 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2801 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2803 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2804 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2808 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2810 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2814 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2816 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2818 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2820 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2821 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2825 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2826 elf_section_syms. */
2827 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2828 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2830 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2832 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2834 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2835 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2836 set until all local symbols are output. */
2837 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2838 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2839 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2840 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2843 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2845 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2847 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2848 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2850 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2851 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2852 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2853 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2855 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2858 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2860 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2863 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2865 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2866 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2867 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2874 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2876 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2877 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2878 start of the input section group. */
2879 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2881 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2882 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2883 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2884 directives, not that it matters. */
2891 s
= s
->output_section
;
2893 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2895 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2898 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2900 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2905 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2908 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2911 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2912 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2913 in here too, while we're at it. */
2916 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2918 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2920 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2921 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2922 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2923 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2927 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2929 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2930 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2932 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2933 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2935 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2937 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2939 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2941 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2942 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2943 abfd
->section_count
--;
2946 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2951 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2953 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2955 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2956 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2957 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2960 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2961 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2968 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2969 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2975 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
2976 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2977 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
2979 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2980 || (link_info
== NULL
2981 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
2985 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
2986 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2987 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
2989 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
2990 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
2991 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2992 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
2993 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2996 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
2997 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3000 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3002 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3003 abfd
, section_number
);
3007 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3008 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3010 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3011 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3013 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3015 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3016 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3017 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3020 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3021 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3022 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3024 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3028 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3030 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3033 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3034 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3036 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3037 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3039 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3040 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3043 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3048 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3050 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3051 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3052 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3053 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3054 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3056 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3058 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3059 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3060 the relocation entries apply. */
3061 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3063 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3064 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3066 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3068 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3069 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3072 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3073 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3075 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3078 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3079 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3081 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3082 if (discarded_section (s
))
3085 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3086 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3087 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3089 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3090 size as the discarded one. */
3091 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3094 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3100 s
= s
->output_section
;
3101 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3105 /* Handle objcopy. */
3106 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3108 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3109 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3110 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3111 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3114 s
= s
->output_section
;
3116 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3121 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3122 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3123 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3125 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3126 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3127 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3128 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3129 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3134 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3138 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3139 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3140 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3141 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3142 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3143 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3144 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3146 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3148 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3150 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3154 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3156 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3160 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3161 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3162 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3163 field to point to this section. */
3164 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3165 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3170 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3171 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3174 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3175 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3176 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3180 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3182 /* This is a .stab section. */
3183 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3184 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3185 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3192 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3193 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3194 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3195 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3197 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3199 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3202 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3203 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3204 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3205 the version strings. */
3206 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3207 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3209 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3214 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3215 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3216 this hash table or version table is for. */
3217 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3219 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3223 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3227 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3228 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3229 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3231 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3232 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3237 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3239 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3240 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3241 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3242 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3244 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3245 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3246 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3249 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3250 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3253 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3255 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3257 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3260 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3261 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3262 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3263 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3264 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3265 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3266 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3267 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3270 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3271 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3274 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3276 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3277 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3278 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3279 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3280 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3281 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3282 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3289 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3293 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3295 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3296 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3300 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3301 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3303 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3304 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3306 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3307 decided to output. */
3308 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3310 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3312 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3314 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3315 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3317 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3319 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3320 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3322 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3326 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3327 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3329 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3331 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3335 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3336 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3337 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3338 at least in that case. */
3339 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3341 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3343 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3350 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3351 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3352 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3354 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3357 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3359 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3362 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3363 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3364 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3369 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3371 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3373 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3375 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3378 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3379 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3382 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3384 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3388 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3390 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3391 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3395 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3396 ELF data structure. */
3398 static inline file_ptr
3399 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3401 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3404 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3405 required section alignment. */
3408 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3412 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3413 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3414 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3415 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3416 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3417 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3418 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3422 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3423 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3424 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3427 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3428 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3430 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3431 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3433 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3434 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3435 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3437 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3440 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3441 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3442 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3444 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3447 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3448 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3449 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3451 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3452 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3453 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3457 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3460 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3461 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3462 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3463 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3467 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3468 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3470 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3475 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3477 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3482 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3483 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3484 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3485 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3486 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3487 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3488 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3489 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3490 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3491 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3492 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3494 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3500 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3502 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3504 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3505 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3507 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3508 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3509 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3511 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3512 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3516 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3518 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3519 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3521 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3524 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3529 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3530 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3532 static bfd_size_type
3533 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3537 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3539 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3540 and one for data. */
3543 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3544 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3546 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3547 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3548 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3553 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3555 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3559 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3561 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3565 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3567 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3571 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3573 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3577 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3579 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3580 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3582 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3584 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3585 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3586 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3587 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3588 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3589 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3591 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3592 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3593 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3594 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3595 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3600 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3602 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3604 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3610 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3611 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3612 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3616 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3622 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3625 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3628 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3630 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3631 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3633 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
,
3634 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3640 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3641 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3648 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3650 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3651 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3652 asection
**sections
,
3657 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3662 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3663 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3664 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3668 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3669 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3670 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3671 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3673 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3675 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3676 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3677 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3683 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3686 struct elf_segment_map
*
3687 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3689 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3691 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3692 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3696 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3698 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3703 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3706 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3707 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3708 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3710 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3711 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3713 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3714 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3715 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3716 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3718 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3721 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3723 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3725 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3726 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3727 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3729 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3733 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3735 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3741 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3742 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3744 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3751 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3754 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3757 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3758 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3759 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3760 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3762 no_user_phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
;
3765 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3767 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3771 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3772 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3775 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3776 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3778 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3779 bfd_boolean writable
;
3781 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3782 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3784 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3786 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3788 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3789 sizeof (asection
*));
3790 if (sections
== NULL
)
3793 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3794 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3796 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3797 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3800 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3802 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3806 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3807 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3808 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3811 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3814 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3816 /* Build the mapping. */
3821 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3822 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3824 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3825 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3827 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3828 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3832 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3833 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3834 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3835 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3836 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3841 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3842 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3846 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3854 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3855 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3856 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3860 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3862 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3864 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3867 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3868 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3869 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3870 program headers we will need. */
3873 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3875 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3876 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3877 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3878 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3879 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3880 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3881 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3882 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3885 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3888 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3892 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3895 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3897 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3898 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3899 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3901 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3903 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3904 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3908 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3909 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3911 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3912 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3915 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3916 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3917 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3918 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3919 section can be included in the current segment. */
3920 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3922 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3925 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3926 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3929 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3930 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3932 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3933 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3934 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3937 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3939 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3940 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3941 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3942 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3945 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3946 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3947 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3949 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3950 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3951 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3952 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3953 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3954 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3955 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3960 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3961 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3964 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3965 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3967 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3969 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3975 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3978 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3979 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3980 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3981 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3987 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3988 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3990 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3997 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4003 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4004 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4005 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4009 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4012 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4014 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4015 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4016 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4017 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4019 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4027 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4030 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4037 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4038 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4039 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4040 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4041 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4043 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4045 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4046 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4051 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4052 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4053 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4055 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4056 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4057 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4058 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4064 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4065 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4069 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4073 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4074 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4077 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4078 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4082 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4090 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4093 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4094 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4095 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4100 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4101 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4103 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4104 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4106 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4107 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4108 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4115 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4117 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4118 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4119 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4121 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4122 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4126 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4128 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4134 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4136 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4137 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4141 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4142 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4143 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4149 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4151 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4153 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4155 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4156 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4159 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4160 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4161 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4164 if (i
== (unsigned) -1)
4167 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
+ m
->sections
[i
]->size
4173 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4176 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4177 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4181 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4183 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4194 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4197 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4199 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4204 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4209 /* Sort sections by address. */
4212 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4214 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4215 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4216 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4218 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4219 place the section into a segment. */
4220 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4222 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4225 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4226 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4227 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4229 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4232 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4234 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4240 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4241 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4242 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4243 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4248 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4253 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4254 before others at the same address. */
4256 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4257 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4264 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4267 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4269 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4270 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4271 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4272 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4273 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4276 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4277 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4279 /* In other words, something like:
4281 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4282 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4283 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4284 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4286 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4288 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4291 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4293 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4297 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4300 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4305 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4306 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4307 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4308 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4309 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4310 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4312 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4313 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4317 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4318 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4319 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4325 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4330 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4332 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4335 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4340 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4341 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4345 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4346 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4349 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4350 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4351 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4353 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4356 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4358 if (link_info
== NULL
4359 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4363 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4367 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4372 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4373 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4377 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4378 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4379 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4382 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4384 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4385 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4387 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4388 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4392 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4396 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4397 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4398 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4399 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4400 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4402 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4403 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4404 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4405 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4407 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4409 (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4410 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4411 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4416 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4417 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4419 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4420 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4421 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4427 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4429 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4433 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4435 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4436 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4437 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4438 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4439 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4441 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4442 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4443 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4446 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4447 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4448 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4449 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4450 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4451 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4452 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4457 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4459 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4460 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4461 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4464 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4466 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4467 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4469 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4470 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4471 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4472 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4473 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4474 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4475 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4477 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4478 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4480 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4482 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4483 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4484 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4485 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4489 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4491 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4494 bfd_size_type align
;
4495 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4497 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4501 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4503 unsigned int secalign
;
4505 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4506 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4507 align_power
= secalign
;
4509 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4510 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4511 align
= maxpagesize
;
4514 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4515 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4516 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4517 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4518 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4519 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4521 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4524 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4525 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4527 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4531 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4535 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4536 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4537 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4538 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4539 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4540 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4541 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4542 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4547 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4548 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4549 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4551 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4554 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4556 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4559 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4560 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4561 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4562 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4568 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4570 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4572 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4573 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4576 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4578 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4579 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4581 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4586 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4591 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4593 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4596 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4598 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4602 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4603 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4604 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4608 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4609 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4612 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4613 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4617 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4618 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4620 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4626 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4628 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4629 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4633 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4634 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4635 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4636 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4637 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4638 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4641 bfd_size_type align
;
4642 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4645 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4646 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4648 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4649 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4650 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4651 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4652 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4653 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4655 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4656 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4657 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4658 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4662 || p_end
< p_start
))
4664 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4665 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4666 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4670 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4672 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4674 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4676 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4677 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4679 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4680 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4684 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4688 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4690 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4694 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4695 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4696 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4702 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4711 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4713 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4714 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4715 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4717 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4718 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4719 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4721 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4722 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4723 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4724 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4725 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4726 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4728 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4730 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4733 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4735 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4736 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4737 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4738 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4739 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4740 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4742 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4744 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4745 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4747 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4749 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4750 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4753 if (align
> p
->p_align
4754 && !m
->p_align_valid
4755 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4756 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4760 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4763 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4765 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4771 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4772 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4773 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4775 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4777 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4778 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4779 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4780 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4781 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4782 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4784 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4789 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4791 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4794 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4795 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4796 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4797 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4799 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4800 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4802 print_segment_map (m
);
4808 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4812 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4815 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4816 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4818 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4819 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4820 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4821 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4822 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4823 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4824 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
4825 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4826 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4828 unsigned int num_sec
;
4832 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4833 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4834 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4835 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4837 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4838 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4841 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4842 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4843 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4844 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4845 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4846 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4848 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4849 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4850 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4852 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4854 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4855 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4856 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4857 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4860 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4862 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4865 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4866 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4867 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4868 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4869 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4870 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4872 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4875 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4876 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4880 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4882 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
4883 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4884 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4889 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4892 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4894 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4895 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4897 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4899 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4900 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4901 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4904 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4905 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4910 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
4912 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4913 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4914 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
4917 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
4918 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4919 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4921 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
4922 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4923 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4924 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4927 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
4928 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4929 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
4931 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4932 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4941 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
4942 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
4946 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4947 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4950 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4951 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
4956 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4960 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4962 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4963 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
4965 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4967 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4969 for (lm
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, lp
= phdrs
;
4971 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
4973 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4974 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
4975 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
>= link_info
->relro_end
4977 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
4981 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4982 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
4983 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
4987 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4988 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4989 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4991 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4992 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
4997 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
4999 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5000 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5001 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5002 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5003 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5004 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5005 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5008 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5009 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5010 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5011 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5012 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5014 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5016 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5017 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5021 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5022 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5025 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5027 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5028 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5029 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5031 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
5034 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5035 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5037 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5038 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5039 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5041 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5048 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5050 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5051 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5052 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5054 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5056 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5057 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5058 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5062 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5067 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5068 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5069 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5071 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5072 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5073 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5074 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5075 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5076 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5077 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5079 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5082 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5083 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5085 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5086 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5088 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5090 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5091 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5093 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5094 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5098 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5099 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5101 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5102 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5103 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5104 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5106 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5109 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5110 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5111 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
5112 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
5113 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
5115 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5118 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5125 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5126 assignment of sections to segments. */
5127 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5130 /* And for non-load sections. */
5131 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5134 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5136 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5140 /* Write out the program headers. */
5141 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5142 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5143 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5146 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
5149 /* Place the section headers. */
5150 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5151 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5152 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5154 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
5160 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5162 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5163 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5164 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5166 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5168 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5169 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5172 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5174 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5175 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5176 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5177 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5179 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5180 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5181 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5182 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5184 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5185 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5186 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5187 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5188 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5189 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5191 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5193 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5195 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5196 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5199 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5200 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5201 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5202 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5203 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5204 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5205 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5206 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5208 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5211 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5212 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5214 /* No program header, for now. */
5215 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5216 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5217 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5219 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5220 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5221 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5223 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5224 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5225 /* It all happens later. */
5229 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5230 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5233 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5234 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5235 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5236 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5237 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5238 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5239 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5240 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5241 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5247 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5248 of the loadable file image. */
5251 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5254 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5255 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5257 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5259 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5260 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5262 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5265 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5266 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5267 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5270 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5274 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5276 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5277 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5279 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5281 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5282 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5285 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5288 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5292 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5294 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5295 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5296 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5298 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5299 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5300 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5302 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5304 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5305 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5310 /* Write out the section header names. */
5311 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5312 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5313 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5316 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5317 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5318 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5320 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5323 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5324 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
)
5325 return (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5331 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5333 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5334 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5337 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5340 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5342 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5343 unsigned int sec_index
;
5345 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5346 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5347 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5349 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5350 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5351 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5352 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5353 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5354 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5356 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5358 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5359 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5361 int retval
= sec_index
;
5363 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5367 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5373 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5377 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5379 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5381 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5383 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5384 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5385 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5386 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5387 input sections rather than the output section. */
5388 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5389 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5390 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5395 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5396 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5397 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5398 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5399 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5400 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5401 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5404 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5408 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5409 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5410 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5411 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5412 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5413 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5420 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5421 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5429 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5432 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5434 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5435 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5436 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5437 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5438 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5441 unsigned int num_segments
;
5442 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5443 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5444 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5445 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5446 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5447 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5449 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5450 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5453 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5455 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5456 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5458 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5459 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5460 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5461 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5463 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5464 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5465 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5466 ? section->size : 0)
5468 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5469 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5470 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5471 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5472 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5473 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5475 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5476 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5477 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5478 (section->lma >= base \
5479 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5480 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5482 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5483 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5484 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5485 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5486 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5487 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5488 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5490 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5492 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5494 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5498 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5499 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5500 p_memsz set to 0. */
5501 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5503 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5504 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5505 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5506 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5508 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5509 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5510 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5512 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5513 A section will be included if:
5514 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5515 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5516 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5518 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5519 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5520 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5521 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5522 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5523 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5524 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5525 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5526 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5527 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5528 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5529 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5530 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5531 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5532 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5533 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5534 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5535 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5536 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5537 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5538 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5539 || (segment->p_paddr \
5540 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5541 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5542 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5544 && !section->segment_mark)
5546 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5547 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5548 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5549 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5550 && section->output_section != NULL)
5552 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5553 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5554 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5556 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5557 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5558 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5559 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5560 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5562 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5563 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5564 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5565 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5566 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5568 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5569 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5570 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5572 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5573 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5574 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5575 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5576 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5577 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5580 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5582 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5586 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5587 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5588 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5589 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5590 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5595 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5597 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5598 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5599 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5601 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5602 assignment code will work. */
5603 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5607 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5609 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5610 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5611 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5615 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5616 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5618 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5620 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5621 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5624 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5625 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5627 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5629 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5630 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5632 if (extra_length
> 0)
5634 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5635 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5638 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5640 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5642 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5647 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5649 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5650 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5652 if (extra_length
> 0)
5654 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5655 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5658 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5663 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5664 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5668 unsigned int section_count
;
5669 asection
**sections
;
5670 asection
*output_section
;
5672 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5673 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5676 asection
*first_section
;
5677 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5678 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5680 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5683 first_section
= NULL
;
5684 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5685 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5687 section
= section
->next
)
5689 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5690 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5691 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5693 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5694 first_section
= section
;
5695 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5700 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5701 all of the sections we have selected. */
5702 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5703 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5704 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5708 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5709 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5711 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5712 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5713 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5715 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5716 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5718 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5720 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5721 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5724 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5725 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5726 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5727 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5728 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5730 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5732 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5733 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5734 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5735 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5736 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5738 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5739 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5742 if (section_count
== 0)
5744 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5745 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5746 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5747 a warning is produced. */
5748 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5749 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5750 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5754 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5755 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5760 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5761 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5762 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5763 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5765 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5766 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5769 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5770 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5771 of the first section.
5773 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5774 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5775 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5776 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5777 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5779 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5780 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5781 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5782 or segments to contain the other sections.
5784 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5785 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5786 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5788 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5789 if (sections
== NULL
)
5792 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5793 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5794 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5795 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5796 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5801 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5802 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5804 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5806 section
= section
->next
)
5807 if (section
== first_section
)
5810 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5812 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5814 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5816 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5818 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5819 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5820 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5821 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5823 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5824 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5826 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5827 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5828 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5831 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5833 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5835 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5837 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5838 LMA address of the output section. */
5839 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5840 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5841 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5842 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5844 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5846 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5847 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5850 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5851 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5853 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5855 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5857 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5858 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5861 if (j
== section_count
)
5866 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5868 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5870 if (isec
== section_count
)
5872 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5873 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5874 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5875 program header in the input BFD. */
5876 map
->count
= section_count
;
5877 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5878 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5881 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5882 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5883 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5884 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5885 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5886 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5888 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5895 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5897 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5898 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5899 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5900 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5904 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5905 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5906 the LMA of the first section. */
5907 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5910 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5911 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5912 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5914 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5915 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5918 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5919 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5923 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5925 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5927 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5929 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5930 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5931 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5932 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5933 offset when we know the correct value. */
5934 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5935 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5938 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5942 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5943 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5944 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5945 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5946 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5947 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5954 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5956 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5957 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5959 section
= sections
[j
];
5961 if (section
== NULL
)
5964 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5966 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5968 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5969 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5971 if (map
->count
== 0)
5973 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5974 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5976 if (output_section
->lma
5978 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5979 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5980 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5988 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5990 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5991 and the start of this section is more than
5992 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5993 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5995 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5996 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
5997 > output_section
->lma
))
5999 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6001 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6002 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6009 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6012 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6014 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6016 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6017 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6021 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6023 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6024 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6025 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6027 if (isec
< section_count
)
6029 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6030 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6031 and carry on looping. */
6032 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6033 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6034 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
6041 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6042 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6043 not yet been assigned. */
6045 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6046 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6047 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6048 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6049 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6050 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6051 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6054 while (isec
< section_count
);
6059 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6061 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6062 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6063 the offset if necessary. */
6064 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6068 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6071 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6072 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6073 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6078 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6079 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6081 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6082 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6083 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6084 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6085 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6086 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6090 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6093 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6095 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6096 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6097 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6098 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6099 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6101 unsigned int num_segments
;
6102 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6103 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6105 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6108 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6110 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6111 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6112 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6113 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6114 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6117 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6119 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6123 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6128 unsigned int section_count
;
6130 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6131 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6132 asection
*lowest_section
;
6134 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6135 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6137 section
= section
->next
)
6139 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6140 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6142 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6143 first_section
= section
;
6148 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6149 all of the sections we have selected. */
6150 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6151 if (section_count
!= 0)
6152 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6153 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6157 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6160 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6161 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6162 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6163 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6164 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6165 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6166 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6167 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6169 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6171 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6172 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6173 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6174 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6175 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6176 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6179 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6180 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6181 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6182 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6184 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6185 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6187 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6188 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6189 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6190 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6191 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6193 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6194 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6197 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6198 if (section_count
!= 0)
6200 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6202 for (section
= first_section
;
6204 section
= section
->next
)
6206 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6207 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6209 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6210 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6211 lowest_section
= section
;
6212 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6216 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6217 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6218 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6219 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6221 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6222 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6224 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6225 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6226 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6228 if (isec
== section_count
)
6234 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6235 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6236 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6238 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6239 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6240 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6241 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6242 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6243 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6245 map
->count
= section_count
;
6246 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6247 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6250 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6254 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6258 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6260 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6261 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6264 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6267 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6269 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6270 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6271 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6272 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6273 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6274 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6275 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6277 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6279 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6280 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6283 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6284 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6285 section
= section
->next
)
6286 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6288 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6289 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6293 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6294 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6295 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6296 map in this case. */
6297 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6298 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6299 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6302 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6303 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6305 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6306 from the input BFD. */
6307 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6309 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6311 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6312 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6313 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6315 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6316 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6318 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6319 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6320 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6321 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6322 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6323 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6329 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6331 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6332 section
= section
->next
)
6334 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6337 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6340 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6344 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6347 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6350 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6354 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6358 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6360 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6361 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6364 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6366 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6367 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6368 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6369 that the linker clears to differ. */
6370 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6371 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6373 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6374 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6375 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6377 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6378 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6379 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6381 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6382 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6383 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6384 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6387 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6388 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6390 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6391 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6392 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6393 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6397 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6399 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6400 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6401 may be NULL at this point. */
6402 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6404 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6405 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6406 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6409 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6414 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6415 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6418 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6423 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6425 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6426 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6429 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6430 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6432 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6434 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6435 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6436 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6437 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6438 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6440 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6444 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6445 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6446 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6447 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6448 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6452 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6456 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6457 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6459 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6460 asection
*s
= first
;
6461 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6465 /* If this member section is being output but the
6466 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6467 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6468 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6469 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6471 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6472 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6474 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6475 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6476 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6477 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6479 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6485 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6487 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6488 adjust the input section size. This function may
6489 be called multiple times, so save the original
6491 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6492 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6493 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6497 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6499 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6507 /* Copy private header information. */
6510 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6512 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6513 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6516 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6517 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6518 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6519 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6520 already been worked out. */
6521 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6523 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6527 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6530 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6531 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6532 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6533 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6534 swap_out_syms function. */
6536 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6537 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6538 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6539 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6540 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6543 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6548 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6550 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6551 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6554 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6555 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6558 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6560 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6564 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6565 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6566 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6567 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6568 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6569 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6571 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6572 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6573 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6574 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6575 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6581 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6584 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6585 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6588 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6591 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6592 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6593 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6594 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6595 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6596 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6599 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6601 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6604 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6605 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6609 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6610 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6611 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6612 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6613 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6614 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6615 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6616 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6618 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6619 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6621 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6622 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6623 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6625 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6628 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6630 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6631 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6632 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6634 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6635 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6636 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6637 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6639 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6643 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6644 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6645 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6646 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6647 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6650 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6652 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6653 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6659 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6660 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6661 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6662 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6663 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6664 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6668 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6669 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6671 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6672 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6674 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6675 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6676 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6677 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6680 if (!name_local_sections
6681 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6683 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6688 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6691 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6693 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6698 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6700 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6701 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6703 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6704 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6705 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6706 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6707 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6708 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6709 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6711 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6712 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6713 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6717 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6720 if (sec
->output_section
)
6722 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6723 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6726 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6727 if (! relocatable_p
)
6729 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6730 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6732 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6734 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6736 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6737 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6738 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6739 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6743 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6746 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6749 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6752 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6755 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6763 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6765 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6769 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6770 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6771 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6772 demand of applications. For example, it
6773 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6774 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6775 actually in the output file. */
6776 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6779 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6780 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6781 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6783 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6784 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6788 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6789 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6793 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6796 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6798 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6799 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6800 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6802 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6804 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6806 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6811 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6814 /* Processor-specific types. */
6815 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6816 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6817 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6818 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6820 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6822 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6823 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6825 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6827 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6829 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6830 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6831 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6834 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6836 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6837 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6841 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6842 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6845 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6847 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6849 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6850 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6851 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6853 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6856 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6859 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6861 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6862 sym
.st_target_internal
6863 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6868 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6871 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6872 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6873 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6874 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6878 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6879 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6881 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6882 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6883 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6884 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6885 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6886 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6891 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6893 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6894 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6895 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6898 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6902 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6904 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6905 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6907 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6913 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6917 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6919 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6921 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6925 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6926 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6928 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6934 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6937 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6940 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6943 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6950 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6952 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6955 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6956 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6957 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6961 return section
->reloc_count
;
6965 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6967 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6968 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6971 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6976 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6977 asymbol
**allocation
)
6979 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6980 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6983 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6987 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6988 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6989 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6990 dynamic reloc section. */
6993 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6998 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7000 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7004 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7005 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7006 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7007 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7008 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7009 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7010 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7015 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7016 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7017 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7018 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7019 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7020 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7021 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7024 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7028 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7032 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7034 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7038 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7040 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7042 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7043 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7044 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7049 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7051 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7053 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7064 /* Read in the version information. */
7067 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7069 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7070 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7072 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7074 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7075 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7076 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7078 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7080 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7082 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7083 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7084 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7087 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7089 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7090 if (contents
== NULL
)
7092 error_return_verref
:
7093 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7094 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7097 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7098 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7099 goto error_return_verref
;
7101 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7102 goto error_return_verref
;
7104 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7105 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7106 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7107 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7108 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7109 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7111 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7112 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7115 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7117 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7119 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7120 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7122 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7123 goto error_return_verref
;
7125 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7126 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7129 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7130 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7131 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7132 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7133 goto error_return_verref
;
7136 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7137 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7138 goto error_return_verref
;
7140 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7141 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7142 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7143 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7145 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7147 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7148 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7149 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7150 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7151 goto error_return_verref
;
7153 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7154 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7156 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7158 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7159 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7160 goto error_return_verref
;
7162 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7163 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7165 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7166 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7169 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7170 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7172 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7174 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7175 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7176 goto error_return_verref
;
7178 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7179 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7186 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7188 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7189 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7190 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7191 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7192 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7194 unsigned int maxidx
;
7195 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7197 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7199 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7200 if (contents
== NULL
)
7202 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7203 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7206 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7209 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7210 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7211 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7212 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7213 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7214 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7216 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7217 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7219 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7221 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7223 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7225 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7226 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7228 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7229 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7232 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7233 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7236 if (default_imported_symver
)
7238 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7243 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7244 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7245 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7248 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7250 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7251 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7252 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7254 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7255 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7258 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7260 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7262 error_return_verdef
:
7263 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7264 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7268 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7269 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7271 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7273 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7274 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7277 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7278 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7279 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7280 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7281 goto error_return_verdef
;
7285 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7286 goto error_return_verdef
;
7288 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7289 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7290 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7291 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7293 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7295 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7296 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7297 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7298 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7299 goto error_return_verdef
;
7301 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7302 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7304 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7306 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7307 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7308 goto error_return_verdef
;
7310 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7311 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7314 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7315 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7317 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7318 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7320 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7322 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7323 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7329 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7336 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7337 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7338 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7341 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7344 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7345 if (default_imported_symver
)
7347 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7348 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7350 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
7352 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7353 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7354 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7355 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7357 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7359 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7360 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7361 goto error_return_verdef
;
7362 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7363 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7364 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7365 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7366 goto error_return_verdef
;
7368 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7369 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7370 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7376 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7382 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7384 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7385 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7387 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7392 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7393 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7398 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7402 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7405 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7406 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7410 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7413 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7414 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7417 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7418 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7419 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7422 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7423 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7424 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7425 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7426 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7427 we treat such symbols as local. */
7428 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7435 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7436 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7443 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7444 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7445 unsigned long machine
)
7447 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7448 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7449 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7450 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7451 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7454 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7457 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7458 for error reporting. */
7461 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7465 const char **filename_ptr
,
7466 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7468 static asection
*last_section
;
7469 static asymbol
*func
;
7470 static const char *filename
;
7471 static bfd_size_type func_size
;
7473 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7476 if (last_section
!= section
7478 || offset
< func
->value
7479 || offset
>= func
->value
+ func_size
)
7484 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7485 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7486 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7487 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7488 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7489 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7490 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7491 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7492 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7493 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7499 state
= nothing_seen
;
7501 last_section
= section
;
7503 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7509 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7512 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7513 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7517 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7519 && code_off
<= offset
7520 && (code_off
> low_func
7521 || (code_off
== low_func
7522 && size
> func_size
)))
7526 low_func
= code_off
;
7529 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7530 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7531 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7533 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7534 state
= symbol_seen
;
7542 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7543 if (functionname_ptr
)
7544 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7549 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7550 for error reporting. */
7553 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7557 const char **filename_ptr
,
7558 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7559 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7561 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd
, section
, symbols
,
7562 offset
, filename_ptr
,
7569 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
,
7573 const char **filename_ptr
,
7574 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7575 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7576 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7580 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7581 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7584 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7585 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7586 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7592 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
7593 section
, symbols
, offset
,
7594 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7595 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7596 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7598 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7599 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7600 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7606 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7607 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7608 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7609 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7611 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7614 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7617 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7618 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7625 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7628 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7629 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7631 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7632 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7637 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7638 const char **filename_ptr
,
7639 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7640 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7642 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7643 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7644 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7647 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7648 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7649 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7650 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7651 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7654 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7655 const char **filename_ptr
,
7656 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7657 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7660 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7661 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7662 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7667 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7669 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7670 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7672 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7674 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7676 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7678 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7681 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7682 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7685 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7688 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7696 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7698 const void *location
,
7700 bfd_size_type count
)
7702 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7705 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7706 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7709 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7710 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7711 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7712 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7719 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7720 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7721 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7726 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7729 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7731 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7733 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7735 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7736 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7738 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7739 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7741 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7743 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7746 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7749 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7752 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7755 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7758 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7761 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7767 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7769 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7771 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7772 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7774 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7779 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7785 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7788 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7791 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7794 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7797 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7803 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7807 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7815 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7816 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7817 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7818 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7823 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7825 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7826 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7828 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7829 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7830 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7833 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7836 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7837 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7838 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7841 bfd_reloc_status_type
7842 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7843 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7844 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7845 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7846 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7848 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7851 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7852 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7853 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7854 out details about the corefile. */
7856 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7857 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7858 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7859 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7862 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7863 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7866 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7870 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
;
7872 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
;
7877 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7878 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7879 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7883 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7887 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7890 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7894 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7895 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7896 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7900 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7901 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7902 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7903 such a section already exists.
7904 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7905 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7906 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7908 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7914 char *threaded_name
;
7918 /* Build the section name. */
7920 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7921 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7922 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7923 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7925 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7927 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7932 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7933 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7935 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7938 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7940 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7944 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7947 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7952 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7956 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7957 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7958 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7960 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7961 has already been set by another thread. */
7962 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7963 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7964 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7967 /* pr_who exists on:
7970 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7973 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7974 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7976 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7979 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7980 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7982 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7983 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7985 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7986 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7987 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7989 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7990 has already been set by another thread. */
7991 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7992 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7993 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7994 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7996 /* pr_who exists on:
7999 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8002 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8003 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8005 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8008 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8011 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8012 note size (ie. data object type). */
8016 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8017 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8018 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8020 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8022 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8024 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8026 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8028 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8029 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8032 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8033 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8034 data structure apart. */
8037 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8039 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8042 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8043 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8047 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8049 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8052 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8053 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8054 contents literally. */
8057 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8059 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8063 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8065 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8069 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8071 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8075 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8077 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8081 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8083 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8087 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8089 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8093 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8095 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8099 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8101 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8105 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8107 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8111 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8113 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8117 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8119 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8123 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8125 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8128 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8129 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8130 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8131 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8135 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8136 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8137 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8138 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8142 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8143 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8144 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8147 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8150 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8158 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8162 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8168 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8170 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8172 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8174 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8176 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8178 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8179 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8181 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8182 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8183 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8185 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8186 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8187 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8189 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8190 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8192 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8193 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8195 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8197 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8198 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8200 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8201 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8202 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8204 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8205 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8206 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8212 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8213 note size (ie. data object type). */
8217 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8218 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8219 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8222 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
8223 int n
= strlen (command
);
8225 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8226 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8231 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8233 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8235 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8237 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8238 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8239 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8245 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8247 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8249 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8250 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8252 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8255 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8257 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8260 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8261 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8262 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8266 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8268 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8270 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8272 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8278 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8279 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8280 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8285 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8287 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8288 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8290 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
8291 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8293 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8295 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8296 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8297 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8300 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8302 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8306 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8307 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8308 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8309 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8312 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8313 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8314 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8317 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8319 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8322 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8324 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8325 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8326 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8329 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8331 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8335 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8336 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8337 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8338 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8341 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8342 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8343 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8346 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8348 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8350 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8353 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8360 int is_active_thread
;
8363 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8366 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8369 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8373 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8374 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8375 /* process_info.pid */
8376 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8377 /* process_info.signal */
8378 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8381 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8382 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8383 /* thread_info.tid */
8384 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8386 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8387 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8391 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8393 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8397 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8399 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8400 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8401 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8403 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8404 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8406 if (is_active_thread
)
8407 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8411 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8412 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8413 /* module_info.base_address */
8414 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8415 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8417 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8418 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8422 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8424 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8429 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8430 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8431 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8442 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8444 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8452 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8453 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8455 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8456 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8461 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8463 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8466 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8468 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8471 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8472 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8474 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8475 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8477 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8478 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8479 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8480 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8484 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8485 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8486 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8487 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8492 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8493 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8494 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8499 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8500 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8501 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8505 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8506 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8507 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8508 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8513 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8514 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8515 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8519 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8520 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8521 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8522 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8526 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8527 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8528 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8529 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8534 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8535 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8536 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8540 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8541 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8542 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8543 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8547 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8548 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8549 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8550 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8554 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8555 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8556 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8557 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8562 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8563 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8564 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8570 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8571 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8573 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8574 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8581 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8586 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8587 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8588 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8596 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8598 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id_size
= note
->descsz
;
8599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, note
->descsz
);
8600 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
== NULL
)
8603 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8609 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8616 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8617 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8622 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8624 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8625 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8628 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8629 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8630 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8638 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8643 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8651 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8655 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8658 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8665 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8667 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8669 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8671 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8672 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8673 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8675 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8676 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8677 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8679 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8684 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8688 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8689 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
8691 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8693 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8694 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8695 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8696 creates a core file. */
8698 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8701 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8702 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8703 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8706 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8710 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8712 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8713 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8715 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8716 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8719 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8720 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8722 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8723 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8729 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8730 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8735 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8736 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8738 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8739 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8749 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8751 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8753 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8755 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8756 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8757 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8759 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8760 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8761 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8767 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8769 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8770 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8772 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8773 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8775 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8776 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8778 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8779 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8781 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8783 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8788 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8789 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8790 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8795 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8797 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8802 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8803 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8804 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8813 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8815 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8822 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8823 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8825 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8826 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8828 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8829 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8831 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8832 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8834 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8835 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8838 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8839 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8840 thread just in case. */
8841 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8842 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8844 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8845 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8847 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8852 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8856 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8857 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8858 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8860 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8864 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8865 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8873 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8874 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8876 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8881 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8885 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8886 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8887 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8889 /* This is the current thread. */
8890 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8891 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8896 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8897 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8898 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8899 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8902 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8904 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8905 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8907 static long tid
= 1;
8911 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8912 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8913 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8914 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8915 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8916 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8917 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8918 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8925 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8931 /* Use note name as section name. */
8933 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8936 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
8937 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
8939 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8943 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8944 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8945 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
8950 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8953 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8957 size of data for note
8959 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8960 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8961 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8962 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8965 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8968 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8976 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8983 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8985 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8987 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8990 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8991 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8992 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8993 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8994 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8995 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8999 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9007 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9018 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9024 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9026 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9029 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9030 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9035 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9036 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9037 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9039 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9041 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9044 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9047 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9048 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9049 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9050 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9051 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9056 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9058 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9061 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9064 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9065 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9066 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9067 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9068 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9070 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9077 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9084 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9086 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9089 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9091 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9096 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9097 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9098 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9100 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9102 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9103 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9104 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9105 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9106 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9107 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9114 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9115 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9116 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9117 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9118 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9119 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9121 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9127 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9129 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9136 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9137 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9139 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9140 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9141 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9142 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9143 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9144 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9146 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9147 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9149 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9150 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9153 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9154 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9156 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9158 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9160 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9164 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9165 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9167 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9168 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9169 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9171 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9175 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9176 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9177 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9178 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9186 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9187 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9188 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9189 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9193 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9196 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9202 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9203 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9204 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9208 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9211 const void *xfpregs
,
9214 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9215 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9216 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9220 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9221 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9223 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9224 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9225 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9229 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9232 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9235 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9236 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9237 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9241 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9244 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9247 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9248 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9249 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9253 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9256 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9259 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9260 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9261 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9262 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9266 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9269 const void *s390_timer
,
9272 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9273 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9274 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9278 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9281 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9284 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9285 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9286 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9290 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9293 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9296 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9297 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9298 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9302 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9305 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9308 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9309 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9310 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9314 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9317 const void *s390_prefix
,
9320 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9321 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9322 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9326 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9329 const void *s390_last_break
,
9332 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9333 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9334 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9335 s390_last_break
, size
);
9339 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9342 const void *s390_system_call
,
9345 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9346 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9347 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9348 s390_system_call
, size
);
9352 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9355 const void *arm_vfp
,
9358 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9359 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9360 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9364 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9367 const char *section
,
9371 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9372 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9373 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9374 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9375 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9376 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9377 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9378 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9379 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9380 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9381 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9382 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9383 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9384 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9385 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9386 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9387 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9388 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9389 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9390 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9391 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9392 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9393 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9394 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9395 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9396 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9397 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9398 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9403 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9408 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9410 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9411 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9412 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9414 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9417 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9419 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9420 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9421 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9424 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9425 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9426 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9428 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9429 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9432 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9438 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9440 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9443 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9445 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9448 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9450 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9453 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9455 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9460 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9466 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9468 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9471 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9472 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9474 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9480 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9487 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9494 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9497 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9501 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9502 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9512 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9514 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9515 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9516 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9519 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9521 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9523 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9527 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9530 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9531 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9532 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9533 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9535 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9536 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9539 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9543 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9545 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9549 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9550 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9551 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9556 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9557 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9559 return reloc_class_normal
;
9562 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9563 relocation against a local symbol. */
9566 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9567 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9569 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9571 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9574 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9575 + sec
->output_offset
9577 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9578 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9579 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9582 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9583 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9584 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9587 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9588 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9589 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9590 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9591 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9592 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9593 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9596 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9597 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9603 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9604 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9608 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9610 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9611 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9613 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9614 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9615 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9619 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9620 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9624 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9626 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9627 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9629 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9630 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9632 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9634 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9635 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9636 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9642 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9643 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9644 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9645 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9646 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9647 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9649 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9650 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9651 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9652 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9653 the remote memory. */
9656 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9660 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9662 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9663 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9667 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9668 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9669 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9674 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9677 const char *relplt_name
;
9678 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9682 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9688 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9691 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9694 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9697 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9698 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9699 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9700 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9704 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9705 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9706 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9709 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9713 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9714 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9717 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9718 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9719 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9720 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9722 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9726 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9728 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9733 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9737 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9738 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9740 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9745 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9746 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9749 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9750 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9751 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9752 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9753 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9754 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9756 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9759 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9760 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9766 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9767 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9768 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
9769 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
9772 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
9775 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9776 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
9783 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9784 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9785 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9786 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9789 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9790 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9792 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9794 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
9796 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
9798 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9799 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9800 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9801 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9802 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
9803 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
9807 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9808 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9809 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9812 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
9814 return (type
== STT_FUNC
9815 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
9818 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9819 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9820 otherwise return zero. */
9823 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
9828 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
9829 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
9830 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
9833 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
9835 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
9836 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;